0e57c1afeea80b5e8abac71b9df99d17110671c5
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles. which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About JIM-Tcl
507 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
508 @cindex JIM Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521
522 @itemize @bullet
523 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
524 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
525 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
526 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
527 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
528 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
529
530 @item @b{Missing Features}
531 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
532 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
533
534 @item @b{Scripts}
535 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
536 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
537 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
538
539 @item @b{Commands}
540 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
541 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
542 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
543 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
544
545 @item @b{Historical Note}
546 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
547
548 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
549 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
550 @end itemize
551
552 @node Running
553 @chapter Running
554 @cindex command line options
555 @cindex logfile
556 @cindex directory search
557
558 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
559 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
560 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
561 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
562 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
563
564 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
565 tell it how each debug session should work.
566 The @option{--help} option shows:
567 @verbatim
568 bash$ openocd --help
569
570 --help | -h display this help
571 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
572 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
573 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
574 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
575 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
576 --command | -c run <command>
577 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
578 @end verbatim
579
580 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
581 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
582 To specify one or more different
583 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
584
585 @example
586 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
587 @end example
588
589 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
590 @enumerate
591 @item the current directory,
592 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
593 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
594 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
595 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
596 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
597 @end enumerate
598 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
599
600 @quotation Note
601 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
602 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
603 @end quotation
604
605 @section Simple setup, no customization
606
607 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
608 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
609 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
610 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
611 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
612
613 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
614 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
615 the server like:
616
617 @example
618 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
619 @end example
620
621 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
622 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
623 If all goes well you'll see output something like
624
625 @example
626 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
627 For bug reports, read
628 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
629 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
630 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
631 @end example
632
633 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
634 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
635 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
636
637 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
638
639 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
640 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
641 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
642 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
643 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
644 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
645 ensure that this always succeeds.
646 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
647 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
648 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
649 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
650
651 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
652 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
653 those channels.
654
655 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
656 the @option{-d} option.
657
658 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
659 @option{-c} command line switch.
660
661 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
662 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
663 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
664 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
665 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
666 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
667 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
668
669 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
670 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
671
672 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
673
674 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
675 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
676 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
677 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
678
679 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
680 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
681
682 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
683 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
684 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
685 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
686 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
687 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
688 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
689
690 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
691
692 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
693 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
694 and a USB cable on the other.
695 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
696 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
697
698 @enumerate
699 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
700 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
701 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
702 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
703 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
704 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
705 debugging host.
706
707 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
708 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
709 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
710 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
711 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
712
713 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
714 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
715 with 1.2 Volt boards.
716
717 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
718 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
719 ways to connect the cable.
720 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
721 Be sure it's firmly connected.
722
723 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
724 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
725 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
726 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
727 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
728 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
729 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
730 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
731
732 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
733 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
734 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
735 but are tedious to set up.
736 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
737 adapter signals to the right board pins.
738
739 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
740 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
741 you are using to run OpenOCD.
742 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
743
744 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
745 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
746 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
747
748 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
749 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
750 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
751
752 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
753 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
754 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
755 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
756
757 @end enumerate
758
759 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
760 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
761 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
762
763 @section Project Directory
764
765 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
766
767 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
768 single directory for your work with a given board.
769 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
770 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
771 files accessed through semihosting,
772 and for code you upload to the target board.
773 It is also the natural place to write files,
774 such as log files and data you download from the board.
775
776 @section Configuration Basics
777
778 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
779 a variety of ways you can mix them.
780 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
781
782 @itemize
783 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
784 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
785 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
786 @end itemize
787
788 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
789 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
790 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
791
792 @example
793 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
794
795 # GDB can also flash my flash!
796 gdb_memory_map enable
797 gdb_flash_program enable
798
799 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
800 @end example
801
802 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
803
804 @example
805 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
806 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
807 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
808 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
809 @end example
810
811 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
812 each supporting a different development task.
813 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
814 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
815
816 @quotation Important
817 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
818 problems with how it treats variables.
819 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
820 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
821 that can be tested in a later script.
822 @end quotation
823
824 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
825 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
826 to simplify your work.
827
828 @section User Config Files
829 @cindex config file, user
830 @cindex user config file
831 @cindex config file, overview
832
833 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
834 in one place.
835 One of the following will match your situation best:
836
837 @itemize
838 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
839 provided by someone else.
840 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
841 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
842 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
843 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
844 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
845 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
846
847 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
848 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
849
850 @enumerate
851 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
852 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
853 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
854 @end enumerate
855
856 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
857 The first is an interface config file.
858 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
859 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
860 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
861 meet your deadline:
862
863 @example
864 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
865 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
866 @end example
867
868 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
869 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
870 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
871 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
872
873 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
874 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
875 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
876 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
877 target and board
878 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
879 @xref{Autoprobing}.
880
881 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
882 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
883 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
884 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
885
886 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
887 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
888 giving access to your particular flash chips.
889 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
890 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
891
892 @quotation Note
893 When you write new configuration files, please submit
894 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
895 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
896 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
897 will help support users of any board using that chip.
898 @end quotation
899
900 @item
901 You may may need to write some C code.
902 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
903 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
904 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
905 a new chip architecture.
906 @end itemize
907
908 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
909 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
910 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
911
912 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
913 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
914 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
915 @itemize
916
917 @item
918 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
919 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
920 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
921 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
922
923 @item
924 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
925 @cindex vector_catch
926 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
927 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
928 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
929 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
930 along with messaging and tracing setup.
931 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
932
933 @item
934 You might need to override some defaults.
935 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
936 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
937
938 @item
939 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
940 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
941 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
942 @end itemize
943
944 @section Project-Specific Utilities
945
946 A few project-specific utility
947 routines may well speed up your work.
948 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
949
950 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
951 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
952 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
953 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
954 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
955 may help:
956
957 @example
958 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
959 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
960 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
961 # Leave the CPU halted.
962 reset init
963
964 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
965 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
966
967 # Start running.
968 resume 0x20000000
969 @}
970 @end example
971
972 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
973 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
974 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
975 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
976 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
977
978 @example
979 proc newboot @{ @} @{
980 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
981 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
982 # "reset halt" would be slower.
983 reset init
984
985 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
986 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
987 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
988 flash protect 0 0 1 off
989 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
990 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
991 flash protect 0 0 1 on
992
993 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
994 reset run
995 @}
996 @end example
997
998 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
999 from NAND.
1000 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1001 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1002 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1003
1004 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1005 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1006
1007 @section Target Software Changes
1008
1009 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1010 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1011 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1012 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1013 handling issues like:
1014
1015 @itemize @bullet
1016
1017 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1018 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1019 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1020 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1021 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1022 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1023 your debug sessions.
1024
1025 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1026 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1027 That might however be your only option.
1028
1029 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1030 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1031 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1032 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1033 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1034 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1035 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1036 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1037 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1038 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1039 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1040 instead of the whole thing.
1041 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1042 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1043
1044 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1045 @cindex ARM semihosting
1046 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1047 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1048 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1049 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1050 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1051 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1052 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1053 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1054 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1055 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1056 NAND or SPI flash.
1057
1058 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1059 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1060 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1061 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1062 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1063
1064 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1065 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1066 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1067 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1068 registers which can be used to change various features including
1069 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1070 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1071 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1072 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1073 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1074
1075 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1076 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1077 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1078 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1079 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1080
1081 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1082 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1083 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1084 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1085 early code execution can be debugged
1086 or firmware can be replaced.
1087
1088 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1089 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1090 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1091 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1092 operations like writing to memory.)
1093
1094 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1095 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1096 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1097 various kinds of message.
1098 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1099
1100 @end itemize
1101
1102 @section Target Hardware Setup
1103
1104 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1105 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1106 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1107 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1108 working with.}
1109
1110 Common issues include:
1111
1112 @itemize @bullet
1113
1114 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1115 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1116 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1117 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1118 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1119 or one from a daughtercard).
1120 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1121 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1122
1123 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1124 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1125 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1126 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1127 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1128 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1129
1130 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1131 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1132 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1133 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1134 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1135
1136
1137 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1138 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1139 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1140 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1141 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1142 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1143 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1144
1145 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1146 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1147 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1148 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1149 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1150
1151 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1152 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1153 used to start booting.
1154
1155 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1156 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1157 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1158 multiple audio codec chips).
1159 This interacts with software
1160 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1161 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1162 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1163 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1164 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1165 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1166 audio or video codecs are used.
1167
1168 @end itemize
1169
1170 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1171 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1172 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1173 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1174 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1175 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1176 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1177 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1178 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1179 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1180
1181
1182 @node Config File Guidelines
1183 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1184
1185 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1186 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1187 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1188 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1189
1190 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1191 with files including the ones listed here.
1192 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1193 @itemize @bullet
1194 @item @file{interface} ...
1195 These are for debug adapters.
1196 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1197 @example
1198 $ ls interface
1199 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1200 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1201 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1202 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1203 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1204 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1205 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1206 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1207 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1208 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1209 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1210 $
1211 @end example
1212 @item @file{board} ...
1213 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1214 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1215 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1216 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1217 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1218 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1219 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1220 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1221 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1222 a CPU and an FPGA.
1223 @example
1224 $ ls board
1225 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1226 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1227 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1228 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1229 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1230 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1231 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1232 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1233 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1234 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1235 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1236 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1237 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1238 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1239 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1240 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1241 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1242 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1243 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1244 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1245 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1246 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1247 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1248 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1249 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1250 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1251 $
1252 @end example
1253 @item @file{target} ...
1254 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1255 on a chip
1256 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1257 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1258 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1259 the target config file defines all of them.
1260 @example
1261 $ ls target
1262 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1263 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1264 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1265 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1266 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1267 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1268 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1269 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1270 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1271 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1272 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1273 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1274 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1275 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1276 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1277 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1278 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1279 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1280 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1281 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1282 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1283 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1284 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1285 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1286 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1287 $
1288 @end example
1289 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1290 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1291 @end itemize
1292
1293 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1294 file may override features in any of the above files by
1295 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1296 commands specific to their situation.
1297
1298 @section Interface Config Files
1299
1300 The user config file
1301 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1302
1303 @example
1304 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1305 @end example
1306
1307 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1308 in use today with OpenOCD.
1309 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1310 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1311
1312 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1313 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1314 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1315 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1316 and need to provide a driver for it.
1317
1318 @section Board Config Files
1319 @cindex config file, board
1320 @cindex board config file
1321
1322 The user config file
1323 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1324
1325 @example
1326 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1327 @end example
1328
1329 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1330 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1331 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1332
1333 @enumerate
1334 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1335 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1336 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1337 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1338 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1339 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1340 @end enumerate
1341
1342 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1343 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1344 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1345 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1346
1347 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1348 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1349 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1350 configuration works.
1351
1352 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1353
1354 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1355 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1356 convention on how to use certain variables.
1357
1358 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1359 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1360 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1361 used at will within a target configuration file.
1362
1363 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1364 for a board with three chips:
1365
1366 @example
1367 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1368 set CHIPNAME network
1369 set ENDIAN big
1370 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1371 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1372 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1373 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1374
1375 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1376 set CHIPNAME video
1377 set ENDIAN little
1378 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1379 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1380 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1381 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1382
1383 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1384 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1385 unset ENDIAN
1386 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1387 @end example
1388
1389 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1390 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1391 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1392 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1393 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1394 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1395 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1396 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1397
1398 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1399 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1400 naming collisions.
1401
1402 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1403 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1404 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1405 up other clocks and peripherals.
1406
1407 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1408 @cindex variable names
1409
1410 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1411 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1412 one such chip (as shown above).
1413 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1414 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1415 to promote consistency and
1416 so that board files can override target defaults.
1417
1418 Inputs to target config files include:
1419
1420 @itemize @bullet
1421 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1422 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1423 tap identifier dotted names.
1424 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1425 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1426 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1427 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1428 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1429 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1430 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1431 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1432 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1433 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1434 @end itemize
1435
1436 Outputs from target config files include:
1437
1438 @itemize @bullet
1439 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1440 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1441 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1442 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1443 specific to that board and that target.
1444 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1445 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1446 @end itemize
1447
1448 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1449 @cindex event, reset-init
1450 @cindex reset-init handler
1451
1452 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1453 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1454 fully set up yet.
1455 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1456 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1457 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1458 handler is one of the most important.
1459
1460 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1461 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1462 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1463 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1464 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1465
1466 @quotation Note
1467 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1468 are included here.
1469 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1470 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1471 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1472 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1473 @end quotation
1474
1475 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1476 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1477 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1478 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1479 those as parameters.
1480 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1481 and disabling the watchdog.
1482 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1483 the next developer doing such work.
1484 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1485
1486 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1487 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1488 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1489 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1490
1491 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1492
1493 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1494 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1495 a low JTAG clock rate.
1496 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1497 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1498 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1499 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1500 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1501 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1502 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1503
1504 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1505 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1506 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1507 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1508 which might be less than that.
1509
1510 @quotation Warning
1511 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1512 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1513 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1514 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1515 @end quotation
1516
1517 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1518 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1519 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1520 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1521 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1522 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1523
1524 @section Target Config Files
1525 @cindex config file, target
1526 @cindex target config file
1527
1528 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1529 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1530 more target config files like this:
1531
1532 @example
1533 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1534 @end example
1535
1536 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1537 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1538 In summary the target files should contain
1539
1540 @enumerate
1541 @item Set defaults
1542 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1543 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1544 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1545 @item On-Chip flash
1546 @end enumerate
1547
1548 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1549 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1550 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1551
1552 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1553 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1554 can talk to the chip.
1555 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1556 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1557 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1558 and other processing engines.
1559
1560 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1561
1562 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1563 letting board config files express environment-specific
1564 differences in how things should be set up.
1565
1566 @example
1567 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1568 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1569 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1570 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1571 @} else @{
1572 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1573 @}
1574
1575 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1576 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1577 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1578 @} else @{
1579 set _ENDIAN little
1580 @}
1581
1582 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1583 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1584 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1585 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1586 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1587 @} else @{
1588 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1589 @}
1590 @end example
1591 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1592
1593 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1594 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1595 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1596
1597 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1598 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1599 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1600
1601 @example
1602 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1603 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1607 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1608 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1609 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1610 for taps.
1611
1612 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1613 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1614 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1615 looks (in part) like this:
1616
1617 @example
1618 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1619 @end example
1620
1621 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1622 to source such a config file twice, with different
1623 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1624 it adds a different TAP each time.
1625
1626 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1627 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1628 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1629 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1630
1631 @example
1632 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1633 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1634 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1635 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1636 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1637 @end example
1638
1639 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1640 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1641
1642 @itemize
1643 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1644 plus a JRC to enable them
1645 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1646 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1647 is not currently used)
1648 @end itemize
1649
1650 @subsection Add CPU targets
1651
1652 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1653 GDB and other commands can use it.
1654 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1655 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1656 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1657 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1658
1659 @example
1660 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1661 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1662 @end example
1663
1664 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1665 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1666 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1667 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1668 a work area if you can.
1669 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1670
1671 @example
1672 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1673 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1674 @end example
1675
1676 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1677
1678 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1679 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1680 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1681
1682 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1683 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1684 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1685 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1686 both signals.
1687
1688 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1689 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1690 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1691 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1692 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1693 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1694 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1695 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1696 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1697 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1698 not available.)
1699
1700 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1701 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1702 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1703 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1704 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1705 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1706 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1707 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1708
1709 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1710 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1711 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1712 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1713 slower clock than they will use later.
1714 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1715 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1716 than they will use later.
1717 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1718
1719 @quotation Important
1720 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1721 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1722 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1723 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1724 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1725 @end quotation
1726
1727 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1728
1729 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1730 special high speed download features - enable it.
1731
1732 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1733
1734 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1735 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1736 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1737 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1738 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1739 If you are using an external trace port,
1740 configure it in your board config file.
1741 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1742 configure it in your target config file.
1743
1744 @example
1745 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1746 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1747 @end example
1748
1749 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1750
1751 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1752
1753 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1754 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1755 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1756 the TARGET (chip) file.
1757
1758 Examples:
1759 @itemize @bullet
1760 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1761 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1762 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1763 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1764 @end itemize
1765
1766 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1767 @section Translating Configuration Files
1768 @cindex translation
1769 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1770 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1771 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1772 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1773 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1774 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1775
1776 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1777 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1778 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1779 convert other scripts later on.
1780
1781 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1782 replace job:
1783
1784 @example
1785 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1786 #
1787 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1788 #
1789 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1790 #
1791 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1792
1793 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1794 global TARGETNAME
1795
1796 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1797
1798 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1799 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1800 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1801 @}
1802 @end example
1803
1804
1805
1806 @node Daemon Configuration
1807 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1808 @cindex initialization
1809 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1810 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1811 supported.
1812
1813 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1814 @section Configuration Stage
1815 @cindex configuration stage
1816 @cindex config command
1817
1818 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1819 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1820 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1821 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1822 inside startup scripts.
1823
1824 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1825 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1826 which may be issued interactively.
1827 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1828 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1829
1830 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1831 flash banks,
1832 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1833 and other basic setup.
1834 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1835 may access or activate TAPs.
1836 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1837 longer be issued.
1838
1839 @section Entering the Run Stage
1840
1841 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1842 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1843 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1844 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1845 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1846 You should see no errors at this point.
1847 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1848 commands you used to configure the server.
1849 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1850 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1851 on the scan chain.
1852
1853 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1854 become available.
1855 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1856 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1857 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1858 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1859 entry to the run stage.
1860
1861 @deffn {Config Command} init
1862 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1863 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1864 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1865 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1866 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1867 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1868
1869 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1870 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1871 configuration files and/or command line options.
1872
1873 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1874 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1875 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1876 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1877 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1878 @end deffn
1879
1880 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1881 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1882 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1883
1884 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1885 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1886 scan chain.
1887 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1888 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1889
1890 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1891 they return.
1892 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1893 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1894 @end deffn
1895
1896 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1897 @section TCP/IP Ports
1898 @cindex TCP port
1899 @cindex server
1900 @cindex port
1901 @cindex security
1902 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1903 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1904 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1905
1906 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1907 access using one or more of these ports.
1908 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1909 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1910 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1911
1912 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1913 @cindex GDB server
1914 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1915 The GDB port for the
1916 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1917 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1918 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1919 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1920 @end deffn
1921
1922 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1923 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1924 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1925 output from the Tcl engine.
1926 Intended as a machine interface.
1927 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1928 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1929 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1930 @end deffn
1931
1932 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1933 Specify or query the
1934 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1935 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1936 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1937 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1938 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1939 @end deffn
1940
1941 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1942 @section GDB Configuration
1943 @cindex GDB
1944 @cindex GDB configuration
1945 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1946 The ones listed here are static and global.
1947 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1948 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1949
1950 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1951 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1952 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1953 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1954 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1955 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1956 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1957 @end deffn
1958
1959 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1960 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1961 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1962 vFlash packet is received.
1963 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1964 @end deffn
1965
1966 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1967 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1968 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1969 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1970 for flash programming to work.
1971 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1972 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1973 @end deffn
1974
1975 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1976 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1977 by GDB memory read packets.
1978 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1979 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1980 @end deffn
1981
1982 @anchor{Event Polling}
1983 @section Event Polling
1984
1985 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1986 where significant events can happen at any time.
1987 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1988 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1989 or to GDB.
1990
1991 Examples of such events include:
1992
1993 @itemize
1994 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1995 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1996 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1997 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1998 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1999 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2000 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2001 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2002 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2003 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2004 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2005 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2006 @end itemize
2007
2008 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2009 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2010 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2011 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2012 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2013
2014 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2015 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2016 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2017 to the various active targets.
2018 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2019 which is normally done in the background.
2020
2021 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2022 Poll the current target for its current state.
2023 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2024 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2025 specific information about the current state is printed.
2026 An optional parameter
2027 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2028
2029 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2030 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2031 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2032 @example
2033 > poll
2034 background polling: on
2035 target state: halted
2036 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2037 current mode: Supervisor
2038 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2039 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2040 >
2041 @end example
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2045 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2046 @cindex config file, interface
2047 @cindex interface config file
2048
2049 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2050 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2051 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2052
2053 @quotation Note
2054 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2055 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2056 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2057 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2058 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2059 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2060 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2061 @end quotation
2062
2063 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2064 through commands in an interface configuration
2065 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2066 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2067
2068 @example
2069 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2070 @end example
2071
2072 These commands tell
2073 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2074 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2075
2076 @example
2077 # jlink interface
2078 interface jlink
2079 @end example
2080
2081 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2082
2083
2084 @section Interface Configuration
2085
2086 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2087 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2088 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2089
2090 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2091 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2092 target.
2093 @end deffn
2094
2095 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2096 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2097 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2098 @end deffn
2099 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2100 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2101 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2102 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2103 the hardware can support.
2104 @end deffn
2105
2106
2107
2108 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2109 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2110 @end deffn
2111
2112 @section Interface Drivers
2113
2114 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2115 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2116 available at run time.
2117
2118 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2119 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2120 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2121 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2122
2123 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2124 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2125 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2126 @end deffn
2127
2128 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2129 Displays status of RTCK option.
2130 Optionally sets that option first.
2131 @end deffn
2132 @end deffn
2133
2134 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2135 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2136 This has one driver-specific command:
2137
2138 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2139 Logs some status
2140 @end deffn
2141 @end deffn
2142
2143 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2144 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2145 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2146 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2147 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2148 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2149 @end deffn
2150
2151 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2152 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2153 @end deffn
2154
2155 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2156 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2157 @end deffn
2158
2159 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2160 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2161 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2162 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2163
2164 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2165 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2166 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2167 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2168 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2169 @end deffn
2170
2171 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2172 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2173 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2174 is connected to the host.
2175 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2176 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2177 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2178 @end deffn
2179
2180 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2181 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2182 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2183 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2184 @itemize @minus
2185 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2186 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2187 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2188 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2189 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2190 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2191 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2192 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2193 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2194 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2195 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2196 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2197 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2198 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2199 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2200 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2201 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2202 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2203 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2204 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2205 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2206 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2207 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2208 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2209 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2210 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2211 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2212 @end itemize
2213 @end deffn
2214
2215 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2216 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2217 default values are used.
2218 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2219 @example
2220 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2221 @end example
2222 @end deffn
2223
2224 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2225 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2226 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2227 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2228 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2229 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2230 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2231 @end deffn
2232
2233 For example, the interface config file for a
2234 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2235
2236 @example
2237 interface ft2232
2238 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2239 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2240 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2241 @end example
2242 @end deffn
2243
2244 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2245 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2246 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2247 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2248
2249 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2250 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2251 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2252 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2253 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2254 @end deffn
2255
2256 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2257 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2258 default values are used.
2259 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2260 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2261 @example
2262 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2263 @end example
2264 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2265 @example
2266 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2267 @end example
2268 @end deffn
2269
2270 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2271 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2272 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2273 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2274
2275 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2276 @example
2277 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2278 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2279 @end example
2280 @end deffn
2281
2282 @end deffn
2283
2284 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2285 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2286 This has one driver-specific command:
2287
2288 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2289 Display either the address of the I/O port
2290 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2291 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2292 This is a write-once setting.
2293 @end deffn
2294 @end deffn
2295
2296 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2297 Segger jlink USB adapter
2298 @c command: jlink_info
2299 @c dumps status
2300 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2301 @c sets version 2 or 3
2302 @end deffn
2303
2304 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2305 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2306 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2307 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2308 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2309
2310 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2311 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2312 This is a write-once setting.
2313 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2314
2315 @itemize @minus
2316 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2317 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2318 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2319 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2320 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2321 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2322 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2323 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2324 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2325 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2326 some versions of
2327 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2328 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2329 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2330 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2331 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2332 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2333 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2334 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2335 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2336 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2337 @end itemize
2338 @end deffn
2339
2340 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2341 Display either the address of the I/O port
2342 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2343 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2344 This is a write-once setting.
2345
2346 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2347 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2348 you may encounter a problem.
2349 @end deffn
2350
2351 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2352 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2353 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2354 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2355 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2356 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2357
2358 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2359 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2360 @quotation Tip
2361 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2362 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2363 @example
2364 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2365 > adapter_khz 500
2366 @end example
2367 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2368 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2369 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2370 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2371 large set of samples.
2372 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2373 @example
2374 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2375 @end example
2376 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2377 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2378
2379 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2380 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2381 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2382 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2383 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2384 @end quotation
2385 @end deffn
2386
2387 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2388 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2389 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2390 @end deffn
2391
2392 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2393 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2394
2395 @example
2396 interface parport
2397 parport_port 0x278
2398 parport_cable wiggler
2399 @end example
2400 @end deffn
2401
2402 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2403 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2404 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2405 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2406 @end deffn
2407 @end deffn
2408
2409 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2410 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2411 @end deffn
2412
2413 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2414 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2415 @end deffn
2416
2417 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2418 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2419
2420 @quotation Note
2421 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2422 which are not currently documented here.
2423 @end quotation
2424 @end deffn
2425
2426 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2427 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2428 @end deffn
2429
2430 @quotation Note
2431 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2432 which are not currently documented here.
2433 @end quotation
2434
2435 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2436 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2437 No arguments: print status.
2438 @end deffn
2439
2440 @section Transport Configuration
2441 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2442 and the debug adapter you are using,
2443 several transports may be available to
2444 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2445 @deffn Command {transport list}
2446 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2447 version of OpenOCD.
2448 @end deffn
2449
2450 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2451 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2452 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2453 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2454 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2455 @end deffn
2456
2457 @subsection JTAG Transport
2458 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2459 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2460 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2461 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2462 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2463 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2464 @subsection SWD Transport
2465 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2466 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2467 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2468 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2469 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2470 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2471 @subsection SPI Transport
2472 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2473 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2474 solution for flash programming.
2475
2476 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2477 @section JTAG Speed
2478 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2479 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2480 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2481 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2482 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2483 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2484 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2485 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2486 power management software that may be active.
2487
2488 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2489 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2490 target event handler.
2491 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2492 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2493 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2494 sets up those clocks).
2495 @xref{Target Events}.
2496 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2497 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2498 in the target config file.
2499 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2500 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2501 config file instead.
2502 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2503 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2504 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2505
2506 @example
2507 jtag_rclk 3000
2508 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2509 @end example
2510
2511 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2512 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2513 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2514 may not be the fastest solution.
2515
2516 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2517 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2518 which support adaptive clocking.
2519
2520 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2521 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2522 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2523 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2524 than the speed specified.
2525
2526 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2527 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2528 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2529 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2530
2531 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2532 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2533 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2534 JTAG clocking after setup.
2535 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2536 If the interface device can not
2537 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2538 @end deffn
2539
2540 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2541 @cindex adaptive clocking
2542 @cindex RTCK
2543 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2544 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2545 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2546 @example
2547 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2548 jtag_rclk 3000
2549 @end example
2550 @end defun
2551
2552 @node Reset Configuration
2553 @chapter Reset Configuration
2554 @cindex Reset Configuration
2555
2556 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2557 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2558 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2559 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2560 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2561 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2562 Please see the various board files for examples.
2563
2564 @quotation Note
2565 To maintainers and integrators:
2566 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2567 Normally the board configuration file
2568 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2569 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2570
2571 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2572 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2573 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2574 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2575 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2576 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2577 @end quotation
2578
2579 @section Types of Reset
2580
2581 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2582 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2583 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2584
2585 @itemize @bullet
2586 @item
2587 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2588 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2589 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2590 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2591 @item
2592 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2593 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2594 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2595 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2596 @item
2597 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2598 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2599 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2600 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2601 @item
2602 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2603 several other types of reset.
2604 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2605 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2606 There may be individual module resets.
2607 @end itemize
2608
2609 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2610 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2611 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2612 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2613 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2614 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2615 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2616 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2617 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2618
2619 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2620 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2621
2622 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2623 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2624 common issues are:
2625
2626 @itemize @bullet
2627
2628 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2629 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2630 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2631 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2632 when either of those signals is not connected.
2633 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2634 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2635 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2636 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2637
2638 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2639 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2640 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2641 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2642
2643 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2644 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2645 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2646 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2647 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2648 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2649 hardware debouncing.
2650 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2651 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2652
2653 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2654 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2655 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2656 to use push/pull output drivers.
2657 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2658 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2659 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2660 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2661
2662 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2663 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2664 issues (not limited to errata).
2665 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2666 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2667 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2668 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2669 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2670 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2671 @end itemize
2672
2673 There can also be other issues.
2674 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2675 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2676 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2677 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2678 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2679 Agreement (NDA).
2680
2681 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2682 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2683 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2684
2685 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2686 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2687
2688 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2689
2690 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2691 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2692 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2693 allowing it to be deasserted.
2694 @end deffn
2695
2696 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2697 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2698 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2699 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2700 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2701 @end deffn
2702
2703 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2704 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2705 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2706 allowing it to be deasserted.
2707 @end deffn
2708
2709 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2710 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2711 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2712 @end deffn
2713
2714 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2715 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2716 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2717 configuration scripts.
2718
2719 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2720 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2721 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2722 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2723 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2724 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2725 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2726 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2727
2728 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2729 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2730 @var{gates},
2731 @var{trst_type},
2732 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2733 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2734 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2735 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2736 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2737 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2738
2739 @itemize
2740 @item
2741 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2742 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2743 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2744 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2745 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2746
2747 @quotation Tip
2748 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2749 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2750 @end quotation
2751
2752 @item
2753 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2754 signal implementations.
2755 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2756 indicating everything behaves normally.
2757 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2758 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2759 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2760 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2761 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2762 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2763 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2764
2765 @item
2766 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2767 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2768 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2769 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2770 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2771 while SRST is asserted.
2772 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2773 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2774 @end itemize
2775
2776 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2777 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2778 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2779 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2780 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2781
2782 @itemize
2783 @item
2784 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2785 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2786 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2787 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2788
2789 @item
2790 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2791 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2792 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2793 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2794 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2795 @end itemize
2796 @end deffn
2797
2798 @section Custom Reset Handling
2799 @cindex events
2800
2801 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2802 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2803 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2804 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2805 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2806 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2807
2808 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2809 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2810 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2811 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2812 want to reset everything at once.
2813
2814 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2815 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2816 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2817 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2818 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2819 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2820 needs special attention.
2821
2822 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2823 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2824 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2825 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2826 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2827 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2828 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2829 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2830
2831 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2832 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2833 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2834 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2835 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2836
2837 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2838 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2839 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2840 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2841 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2842 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2843 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2844 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2845 or potentially some other value.
2846
2847 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2848 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2849 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2850 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2851 (or their associated targets)
2852 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2853
2854 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2855 they return.
2856 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2857 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2858 @end deffn
2859
2860 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2861 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2862 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2863 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2864 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2865 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2866 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2867 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2868 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2869 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2870 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2871 @end deffn
2872
2873 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2874 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2875 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2876 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2877 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2878 @end deffn
2879
2880
2881 @node TAP Declaration
2882 @chapter TAP Declaration
2883 @cindex TAP declaration
2884 @cindex TAP configuration
2885
2886 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2887 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2888
2889 @itemize @bullet
2890 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2891 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2892 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2893 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2894 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2895 start running that code.
2896 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2897 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2898 and missing connections
2899 @end itemize
2900
2901 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2902 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2903 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2904 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2905 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2906
2907 @section Scan Chains
2908 @cindex scan chain
2909
2910 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2911 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2912 They also need to be added to
2913 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2914 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2915 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2916 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2917 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2918 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2919 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2920 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2921
2922 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2923 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2924 command, presented in the next chapter.
2925 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2926 debugging targets.)
2927 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2928
2929 @verbatim
2930 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2931 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2932 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2933 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2934 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2935 @end verbatim
2936
2937 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2938 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2939 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2940 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2941 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2942 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2943 until they are told to do so.
2944
2945 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2946 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2947 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2948 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2949
2950 @example
2951 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2952 @end example
2953
2954 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2955 by a given chip.
2956 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2957 and so forth.
2958 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2959 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2960 a single chip and between them.
2961 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2962
2963 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2964 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2965 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2966 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2967 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2968 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2969 includes commands something like this:
2970
2971 @example
2972 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2973 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2974 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2975 @end example
2976
2977 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2978 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2979 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2980
2981 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2982 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2983 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2984 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2985 @example
2986 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2987 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2988 @}
2989 @end example
2990 @end deffn
2991
2992 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2993 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2994 and their status.
2995 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2996 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2997 but systems with a JTAG router can
2998 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2999 @end deffn
3000
3001 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3002 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3003
3004 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3005 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3006
3007 @section TAP Names
3008 @cindex dotted name
3009
3010 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3011 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3012 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3013 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3014 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3015 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3016 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3017 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3018
3019 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3020 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3021 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3022
3023 @quotation Tip
3024 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3025 This feature is still present.
3026 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3027 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3028 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3029 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3030 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3031 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3032 @end quotation
3033
3034 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3035
3036 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3037 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3038 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3039 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3040 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3041
3042 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3043 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3044 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3045 overridable.
3046
3047 @cindex TAP naming convention
3048 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3049 and should follow this convention:
3050
3051 @itemize @bullet
3052 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3053 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3054 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3055 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3056 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3057 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3058 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3059 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3060 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3061 with a single TAP;
3062 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3063 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3064 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3065 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3066 @end itemize
3067
3068 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3069
3070 @itemize @bullet
3071 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3072 @*The length in bits of the
3073 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3074 @end itemize
3075
3076 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3077
3078 @itemize @bullet
3079 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3080 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3081 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3082 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3083 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3084 (the TAP is linked in).
3085 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3086 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3087 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3088 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3089 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3090 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3091 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3092 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3093 values that were found but not included in the list.
3094
3095 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3096 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3097 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3098 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3099 hardware to find these values.
3100 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3101 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3102 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3103 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3104 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3105 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3106 the various chip IDs.
3107 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3108 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3109 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3110 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3111 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3112 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3113 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3114 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3115 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3116 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3117 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3118 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3119 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3120 @end itemize
3121 @end deffn
3122
3123 @section Other TAP commands
3124
3125 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3126 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3127 At this writing this TAP attribute
3128 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3129 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3130 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3131 See the next section for information about the available events.
3132
3133 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3134 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3135 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3136 @end deffn
3137
3138 @anchor{TAP Events}
3139 @section TAP Events
3140 @cindex events
3141 @cindex TAP events
3142
3143 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3144 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3145 The other applies to debugger targets,
3146 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3147
3148 The TAP events currently defined are:
3149
3150 @itemize @bullet
3151 @item @b{post-reset}
3152 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3153 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3154 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3155 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3156 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3157
3158 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3159 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3160 of any particular target.
3161 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3162 @item @b{setup}
3163 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3164 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3165 @item @b{tap-disable}
3166 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3167 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3168 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3169 @item @b{tap-enable}
3170 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3171 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3172 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3173 @end itemize
3174
3175 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3176 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3177 contents to be accurate), you might:
3178
3179 @example
3180 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3181 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3182 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3183 @}
3184 @end example
3185
3186
3187 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3188 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3189 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3190 @cindex jrc
3191
3192 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3193 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3194 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3195 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3196 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3197
3198 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3199 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3200 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3201 be visible.
3202 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3203 ignores, such as:
3204
3205 @itemize
3206 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3207 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3208 TAPs receive new instructions.
3209 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3210 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3211 @end itemize
3212
3213 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3214 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3215 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3216 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3217
3218 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3219 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3220
3221 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3222 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3223 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3224 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3225 should define TAP event handlers using
3226 code that looks something like this:
3227
3228 @example
3229 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3230 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3231 @}
3232 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3233 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3234 @}
3235 @end example
3236
3237 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3238
3239 @example
3240 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3241 @end example
3242
3243 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3244 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3245 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3246 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3247
3248 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3249 If necessary, disables the tap
3250 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3251 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3252 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3253 and "0" if it is disabled.
3254 @end deffn
3255
3256 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3257 If necessary, enables the tap
3258 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3259 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3260 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3261 and "0" if it is disabled.
3262 @end deffn
3263
3264 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3265 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3266 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3267 and "0" if it is disabled.
3268
3269 @quotation Note
3270 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3271 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3272 @end quotation
3273 @end deffn
3274
3275 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3276 @section Autoprobing
3277 @cindex autoprobe
3278 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3279
3280 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3281 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3282 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3283 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3284
3285 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3286 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3287 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3288 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3289 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3290 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3291 right when they come out of reset).
3292
3293 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3294
3295 @example
3296 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3297 reset_config trst_and_srst
3298 jtag_rclk 8
3299 @end example
3300
3301 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3302 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3303
3304 @enumerate
3305 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3306 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3307 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3308 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3309 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3310 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3311 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3312 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3313 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3314 that is discovered.
3315 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3316 register, it will report it.
3317 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3318 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3319 @end enumerate
3320
3321 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3322 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3323 that's a bit more complex:
3324
3325 @example
3326 clock speed 8 kHz
3327 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3328 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3329 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3330 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3331 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3332 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3333 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3334 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3335 @end example
3336
3337 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3338 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3339 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3340 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3341 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3342 and so forth.
3343
3344 @node CPU Configuration
3345 @chapter CPU Configuration
3346 @cindex GDB target
3347
3348 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3349 You can also access these targets without GDB
3350 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3351 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3352 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3353 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3354
3355 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3356 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3357
3358 @section Target List
3359 @cindex target, current
3360 @cindex target, list
3361
3362 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3363 where each member has a name.
3364 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3365 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3366 (plural!) command.
3367 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3368 look like with more than one:
3369 @verbatim
3370 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3371 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3372 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3373 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3374 @end verbatim
3375
3376 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3377 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3378 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3379 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3380 space seen by that current target.
3381 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3382 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3383 are examples; and there are many more.
3384
3385 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3386
3387 @deffn Command {target count}
3388 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3389 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3390 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3391
3392 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3393 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3394 @example
3395 set c [target count]
3396 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3397 # Assuming you have created this function
3398 print_target_details $x
3399 @}
3400 @end example
3401 @end deffn
3402
3403 @deffn Command {target current}
3404 Returns the name of the current target.
3405 @end deffn
3406
3407 @deffn Command {target names}
3408 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3409 @example
3410 foreach t [target names] @{
3411 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3412 @}
3413 @end example
3414 @end deffn
3415
3416 @deffn Command {target number} number
3417 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3418 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3419
3420 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3421 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3422 @example
3423 set thename [target number $x]
3424 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3425 @end example
3426 @end deffn
3427
3428 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3429 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3430
3431 @deffn Command targets [name]
3432 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3433 command names are singular.}
3434
3435 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3436 targets in a user friendly form.
3437
3438 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3439 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3440 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3441 @end deffn
3442
3443 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3444 @cindex target type
3445 @cindex CPU type
3446 @cindex CPU variant
3447
3448 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3449 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3450 when calling @command{target create}.
3451 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3452 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3453 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3454 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3455 what core-specific commands may be available
3456 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3457 and more.
3458
3459 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3460 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3461 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3462 worked around in some chip versions.
3463
3464 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3465 since there's a command to list them.
3466 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3467 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3468
3469 @anchor{target types}
3470 @deffn Command {target types}
3471 Lists all supported target types.
3472 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3473
3474 @itemize @bullet
3475 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3476 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3477 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3478 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3479 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3480 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3481 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3482 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3483 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3484 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3485 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3486 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3487 @itemize @minus
3488 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3489 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3490 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3491 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3492 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3493 @end itemize
3494 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3495 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3496 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3497 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3498 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3499 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3500 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3501 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3502 There are several variants defined:
3503 @itemize @minus
3504 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3505 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3506 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3507 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3508 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3509 @end itemize
3510 @end itemize
3511 @end deffn
3512
3513 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3514 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3515 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3516 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3517 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3518 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3519 reflect design generations;
3520 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3521 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3522
3523 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3524 @section Target Configuration
3525
3526 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3527 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3528 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3529 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3530 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3531
3532 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3533 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3534 optional parts.
3535 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3536 command, created as part of target creation.
3537
3538 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3539 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3540 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3541 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3542 to be much more board-specific.
3543 The key steps you use might look something like this
3544
3545 @example
3546 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3547 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3548 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3549 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3550 @end example
3551
3552 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3553 on-chip SRAM.
3554 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3555 writes to target memory;
3556 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3557 GDB memory checksumming;
3558 and more.
3559
3560 @quotation Warning
3561 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3562 inaccessible when application code
3563 (such as an operating system)
3564 enables or disables the MMU.
3565 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3566 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3567 easy access to other addresses needed.
3568 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3569 @end quotation
3570
3571 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3572 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3573 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3574 controllers.
3575 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3576 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3577 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3578
3579 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3580 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3581 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3582 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3583 purposes including additional configuration.
3584
3585 @itemize @bullet
3586 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3587 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3588 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3589 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3590
3591 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3592 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3593 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3594 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3595 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3596 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3597 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3598 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3599
3600 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3601 @end itemize
3602 @end deffn
3603
3604 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3605 The options accepted by this command may also be
3606 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3607 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3608 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3609
3610 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3611 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3612 and changing its endianness or variant.
3613
3614 @itemize @bullet
3615
3616 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3617 used to access this target.
3618
3619 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3620 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3621
3622 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3623 @xref{Target Events}.
3624 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3625 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3626 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3627 same event name assigns only one handler.
3628
3629 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3630 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3631
3632 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3633 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3634 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3635 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3636 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3637 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3638 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3639
3640 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3641 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3642 or virtual address is being used.
3643
3644 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3645 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3646
3647 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3648 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3649 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3650 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3651 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3652
3653 @end itemize
3654 @end deffn
3655
3656 @section Other $target_name Commands
3657 @cindex object command
3658
3659 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3660 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3661
3662 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3663 Once a button is created a button
3664 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3665 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3666 configure it like this:
3667
3668 @example
3669 # Create
3670 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3671 # Modify
3672 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3673 # Query
3674 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3675 # Report
3676 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3677 @end example
3678
3679 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3680 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3681
3682 @example
3683 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3684 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3685 @end example
3686
3687 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3688
3689 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3690 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3691 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3692 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3693 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3694 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3695 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3696 They are not otherwise documented here.
3697 @end deffn
3698
3699 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3700 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3701 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3702 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3703 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3704 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3705 the target side uses raw memory.
3706
3707 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3708 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3709 The script orientation comes from working with data
3710 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3711 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3712 and neither store nor return those values.
3713
3714 @itemize
3715 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3716 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3717 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3718 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3719 @end itemize
3720 @end deffn
3721
3722 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3723 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3724 @command{$target_name configure}
3725 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3726 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3727 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3728 There are a few special cases:
3729
3730 @itemize @bullet
3731 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3732 event named @var{event_name}.
3733 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3734 two parameters.
3735 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3736 This is a special case because this is set using
3737 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3738 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3739 @end itemize
3740
3741 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3742 all the targets you might use something like this:
3743
3744 @example
3745 foreach name [target names] @{
3746 set y [$name cget -endian]
3747 set z [$name cget -type]
3748 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3749 $x $name $y $z]
3750 @}
3751 @end example
3752 @end deffn
3753
3754 @anchor{target curstate}
3755 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3756 Displays the current target state:
3757 @code{debug-running},
3758 @code{halted},
3759 @code{reset},
3760 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3761 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3762 @end deffn
3763
3764 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3765 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3766 currently associated with this target.
3767 @xref{Target Events}.
3768 @end deffn
3769
3770 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3771 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3772 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3773 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3774 @end deffn
3775
3776 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3777 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3778 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3779 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3780 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3781 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3782 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3783 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3784 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3785 @end deffn
3786
3787 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3788 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3789 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3790 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3791 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3792 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3793 @end deffn
3794
3795 @anchor{Target Events}
3796 @section Target Events
3797 @cindex target events
3798 @cindex events
3799 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3800 For example:
3801 @itemize @bullet
3802 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3803 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3804 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3805 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3806 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3807 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3808 to set up system clocks or
3809 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3810 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3811 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3812 @end itemize
3813
3814 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3815 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3816 @command{target create ... -event}.
3817
3818 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3819 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3820 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3821
3822 @example
3823 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3824 echo "Reset..."
3825 reset halt
3826 @}
3827 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3828 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3829 echo "Reset..."
3830 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3831 reset init
3832 @}
3833 @end example
3834
3835 The following target events are defined:
3836
3837 @itemize @bullet
3838 @item @b{debug-halted}
3839 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3840 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3841 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3842 @item @b{early-halted}
3843 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3844 @ignore
3845 @item @b{examine-end}
3846 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3847 @item @b{examine-start}
3848 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3849 @end ignore
3850 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3851 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3852 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3853 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3854 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3855 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3856 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3857 @* When GDB disconnects
3858 @item @b{gdb-end}
3859 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3860 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3861 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3862 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3863 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3864 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3865 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3866 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3867 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3868 @item @b{gdb-start}
3869 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3870 @item @b{halted}
3871 @* The target has halted
3872 @ignore
3873 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3874 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3875 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3876 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3877 @end ignore
3878 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3879 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3880 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3881 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3882 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3883 @item @b{reset-assert}
3884 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3885 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3886 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3887 it instead of asserting SRST.
3888 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3889 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3890 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3891 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3892 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3893 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3894 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3895 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3896 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3897 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3898 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3899 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3900 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3901 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3902 released on the scan chain.
3903 @item @b{reset-end}
3904 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3905 @ignore
3906 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3907 @* Currently not used
3908 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3909 @* Currently not used
3910 @end ignore
3911 @item @b{reset-init}
3912 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3913 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3914
3915 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3916 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3917 multiplexing, and so on.
3918 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3919 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3920 @item @b{reset-start}
3921 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3922 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3923
3924 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3925 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3926 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3927 @ignore
3928 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3929 @* Currently not used
3930 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3931 @* Currently not used
3932 @end ignore
3933 @item @b{resume-start}
3934 @* Before any target is resumed
3935 @item @b{resume-end}
3936 @* After all targets have resumed
3937 @item @b{resume-ok}
3938 @* Success
3939 @item @b{resumed}
3940 @* Target has resumed
3941 @end itemize
3942
3943
3944 @node Flash Commands
3945 @chapter Flash Commands
3946
3947 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3948 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3949 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3950 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3951 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3952 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3953 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3954 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3955 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3956
3957 Flash Steps:
3958 @enumerate
3959 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3960 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3961 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3962 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3963 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3964 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3965 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3966 @item GDB Flashing
3967 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3968 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3969 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3970 @end enumerate
3971
3972 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3973 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3974 so that it can't boot.
3975 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3976 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3977
3978 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3979 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3980 @cindex flash configuration
3981
3982 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3983 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3984 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3985 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3986 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3987 see the driver-specific documentation.
3988
3989 @itemize @bullet
3990 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3991 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3992 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3993 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3994 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3995 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3996 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3997 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3998 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3999 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4000 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4001 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4002 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4003 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4004 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4005 commands to the flash controller.
4006 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4007 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4008 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4009 for more information.
4010 @end itemize
4011 @quotation Note
4012 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4013 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4014 @end quotation
4015 @end deffn
4016
4017 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4018 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4019 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4020 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4021 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4022 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4023 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4024 @end deffn
4025
4026 @deffn Command {flash list}
4027 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4028 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4029 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4030 @end deffn
4031
4032 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4033 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4034 depends on the flash type.
4035 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4036 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4037 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4038 but most don't bother.
4039 @end deffn
4040
4041 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4042 @cindex flash erasing
4043 @cindex flash reading
4044 @cindex flash writing
4045 @cindex flash programming
4046
4047 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4048 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4049 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4050 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4051 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4052
4053 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4054 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4055 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4056 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4057 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4058
4059 @quotation Note
4060 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4061 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4062 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4063 back to a flash bank.
4064 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4065 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4066 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4067 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4068 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4069 @end quotation
4070
4071 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4072 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4073 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4074 disabled first.
4075 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4076 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4077 @xref{flash protect}.
4078
4079 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4080 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4081 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4082 up to and including @var{last}.
4083 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4084 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4085 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4086 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4087 @end deffn
4088
4089 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4090 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4091 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4092 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4093 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4094 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4095 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4096 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4097 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4098 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4099 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4100 before erase starts.
4101 @end deffn
4102
4103 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4104 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4105 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4106 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4107 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4108 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4109 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4110 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4111 before issuing this command.
4112 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4113 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4114 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4115 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4116 @end deffn
4117 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4118
4119 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4120 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4121 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4122 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4123 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4124 @end deffn
4125
4126 @anchor{flash write_image}
4127 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4128 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4129 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4130 to the base address for each section in the image.
4131 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4132 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4133 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4134 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4135 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4136 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4137 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4138 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4139 each image section.
4140
4141 @quotation Warning
4142 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4143 data you want to preserve.
4144 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4145 sections might be erased with no notice.
4146 @itemize
4147 @item
4148 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4149 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4150 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4151 @item
4152 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4153 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4154 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4155 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4156 @end itemize
4157 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4158 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4159 @end quotation
4160
4161 @end deffn
4162
4163 @section Other Flash commands
4164 @cindex flash protection
4165
4166 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4167 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4168 and display that status.
4169 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4170 @end deffn
4171
4172 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4173 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4174 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4175 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4176 and possibly stale information.
4177 @end deffn
4178
4179 @anchor{flash protect}
4180 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4181 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4182 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4183 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4184 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4185 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4186 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4187 @end deffn
4188
4189 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4190 @section Flash Driver List
4191 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4192 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4193 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4194
4195 @subsection External Flash
4196
4197 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4198 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4199 @cindex CFI
4200 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4201 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4202 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4203 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4204 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4205 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4206 configure a bus and its timings), or
4207 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4208 on the flash chip.
4209 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4210 speed up operation.
4211
4212 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4213
4214 @itemize
4215 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4216 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4217 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4218 @end itemize
4219
4220 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4221 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4222
4223 @example
4224 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4225 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4226 @end example
4227
4228 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4229 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4230 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4231
4232 @example
4233 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4234 @end example
4235
4236 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4237 @end deffn
4238
4239 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4240
4241 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4242 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4243 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4244 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4245 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4246 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4247
4248 @example
4249 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4250 @end example
4251 @end deffn
4252
4253 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4254 @cindex at91sam3
4255 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4256 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4257 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4258 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4259 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4260 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4261 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4262 chips are confirmed.}
4263
4264 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4265 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4266 the following fixed locations:
4267
4268 @example
4269 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4270 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4271 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4272 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4273 @end example
4274
4275 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4276 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4277 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4278
4279 @itemize
4280 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4281 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4282 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4283 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4284 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4285 @end itemize
4286
4287 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4288
4289 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4290 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4291 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4292 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4293 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4294 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4295 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4296
4297 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4298 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4299 @end deffn
4300
4301 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4302 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4303 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4304 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4305 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4306 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4307 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4308 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4309 @end deffn
4310
4311 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4312 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4313 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4314 @end deffn
4315 @end deffn
4316
4317 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4318 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4319 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4320 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4321 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4322
4323 @example
4324 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4325 @end example
4326
4327 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4328 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4329
4330 @itemize
4331 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4332 @item @var{banks}
4333 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4334 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4335 @item @var{pages_size}
4336 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4337 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4338 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4339 @end itemize
4340
4341 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4342 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4343 will be autoconfigured.
4344 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4345
4346 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4347 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4348 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4349 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4350 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4351
4352 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4353 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4354 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4355 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4356 are not truly general purpose).
4357 @quotation Note
4358 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4359 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4360 @end quotation
4361 @end deffn
4362 @end deffn
4363
4364 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4365 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4366 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4367 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4368 @end deffn
4369
4370 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4371 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4372 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4373 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4374 and executed.
4375 @end deffn
4376
4377 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4378 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4379 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4380
4381 @quotation Note
4382 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4383 driver:
4384 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4385 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4386 @end quotation
4387
4388 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4389 which must appear in the following order:
4390
4391 @itemize
4392 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4393 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4394 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4395 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4396 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4397 at which the core is running
4398 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4399 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4400 @quotation Note
4401 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4402 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4403 However, if you do provide it,
4404 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4405 @end quotation
4406 @end itemize
4407
4408 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4409
4410 @example
4411 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4412 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4413 @end example
4414
4415 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4416 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4417 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4418 @end deffn
4419 @end deffn
4420
4421 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4422 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4423 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4424 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4425 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4426 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4427
4428 @example
4429 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4430 @end example
4431 @end deffn
4432
4433 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4434 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4435 from NXP.
4436
4437 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4438 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4439 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4440 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4441 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4442 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4443 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4444 you start the PLL.
4445
4446 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4447
4448 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4449 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4450 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4451
4452 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4453 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4454 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4455 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4456 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4457 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4458 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4459
4460 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4461 @example
4462 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4463 @end example
4464
4465 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4466 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4467 @code{flash banks} command.
4468
4469 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4470 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4471 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4472 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4473 a known signature.
4474 Example:
4475 @example
4476 lpc2900 signature 0
4477 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4478 @end example
4479 @end deffn
4480
4481 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4482 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4483 saves it to a file in binary format.
4484 Example:
4485 @example
4486 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4487 @end example
4488 @end deffn
4489
4490 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4491 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4492 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4493 command:
4494
4495 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4496 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4497 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4498 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4499
4500 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4501 Example:
4502 @example
4503 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4504 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4505 @end example
4506 @end deffn
4507
4508 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4509 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4510 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4511 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4512 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4513 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4514 912 bytes.
4515 @quotation Attention
4516 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4517 @end quotation
4518 Example:
4519 @example
4520 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4521 @end example
4522 @end deffn
4523
4524 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4525 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4526 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4527 after the next power cycle.
4528 @quotation Attention
4529 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4530 @end quotation
4531 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4532 Example:
4533 @example
4534 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4535 flash info 0
4536 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4537 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4538 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4539 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4540 @end example
4541 @end deffn
4542
4543 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4544 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4545 effective after the next power cycle.
4546 @quotation Attention
4547 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4548 @end quotation
4549 Examples:
4550 @example
4551 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4552 @end example
4553 @end deffn
4554 @end deffn
4555
4556 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4557 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4558
4559 @example
4560 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4561 @end example
4562 @end deffn
4563
4564 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4565 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4566 and integrate flash memory.
4567
4568 @example
4569 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4570 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4571 @end example
4572
4573 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4574 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4575 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4576 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4577 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4578 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4579 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4580 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4581 @end deffn
4582 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4583 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4584 This will remove any Code Protection.
4585 @end deffn
4586 @end deffn
4587
4588 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4589 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4590 Texas Instruments
4591 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4592 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4593 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4594 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4595 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4596 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4597
4598 @example
4599 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4600 @end example
4601 @end deffn
4602
4603 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4604 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4605 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4606 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4607 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4608 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4609
4610 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4611 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4612 @quotation Warning
4613 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4614 applied to all of them.
4615 @end quotation
4616 @end deffn
4617
4618 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4619 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4620 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4621 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4622 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4623
4624 @example
4625 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4626 @end example
4627
4628 Some stm32x-specific commands
4629 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4630 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4631 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4632 are defined:
4633
4634 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4635 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4636 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4637 @end deffn
4638
4639 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4640 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4641 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4642 @end deffn
4643
4644 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4645 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4646 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4647 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4648 @end deffn
4649
4650 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4651 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4652 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4653 @end deffn
4654 @end deffn
4655
4656 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4657 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4658 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4659 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4660 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4661
4662 @example
4663 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4664 @end example
4665
4666 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4667 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4668 for the specified flash bank.
4669 @end deffn
4670 @end deffn
4671
4672 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4673 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4674 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4675 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4676 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4677
4678 @example
4679 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4680 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4681 @end example
4682
4683 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4684 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4685 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4686
4687 @itemize @bullet
4688 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4689 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4690 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4691 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4692 @end itemize
4693 @end deffn
4694
4695 @end deffn
4696
4697 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4698 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4699 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4700 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4701
4702 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4703
4704 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4705 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4706 @end deffn
4707
4708 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4709 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4710 @end deffn
4711
4712 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4713 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4714 the flash clock.
4715 @end deffn
4716 @end deffn
4717
4718 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4719 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4720 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4721
4722 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4723
4724 @itemize
4725 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4726 @end itemize
4727
4728 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4729 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4730 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4731 @example
4732 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4733 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4734 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4735 @end example
4736 @end deffn
4737
4738 @subsection str9xpec driver
4739 @cindex str9xpec
4740
4741 Here is some background info to help
4742 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4743 the str9:
4744 @enumerate
4745 @item
4746 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4747 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4748 @item
4749 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4750 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4751 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4752 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4753 @end enumerate
4754
4755 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4756 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4757 configured for flash bank 0.
4758 @example
4759 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4760 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4761 jtag_reset 0 1
4762 # turn off target polling
4763 poll off
4764 # disable str9 core
4765 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4766 # read option bytes
4767 str9xpec options_read 0
4768 # re-enable str9 core
4769 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4770 poll on
4771 reset halt
4772 @end example
4773 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4774 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4775 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4776 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4777
4778 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4779 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4780 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4781 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4782 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4783
4784 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4785
4786 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4787 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4788 @end deffn
4789
4790 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4791 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4792 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4793 @end deffn
4794
4795 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4796 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4797 erase the device.
4798 @end deffn
4799
4800 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4801 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4802 @end deffn
4803
4804 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4805 Configure str9 boot bank.
4806 @end deffn
4807
4808 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4809 Configure str9 lvd source.
4810 @end deffn
4811
4812 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4813 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4814 @end deffn
4815
4816 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4817 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4818 @end deffn
4819
4820 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4821 Read str9 option bytes.
4822 @end deffn
4823
4824 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4825 Write str9 option bytes.
4826 @end deffn
4827
4828 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4829 unlock str9 device.
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @end deffn
4833
4834
4835 @section mFlash
4836
4837 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4838 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4839
4840 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4841 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4842 address @var{base}.
4843 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4844 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4845
4846 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4847
4848 @example
4849 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4850 @end example
4851
4852 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4853
4854 @example
4855 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4856 @end example
4857 @end deffn
4858
4859 @subsection mFlash commands
4860 @cindex mFlash commands
4861
4862 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4863 Configure mflash PLL.
4864 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4865 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4866 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4867 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4868 @end deffn
4869
4870 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4871 Configure bootable option.
4872 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4873 (4kB) for boot.
4874 @end deffn
4875
4876 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4877 Configure storage information.
4878 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4879 written.
4880 @end deffn
4881
4882 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4883 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4884 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4888 Probe mflash.
4889 @end deffn
4890
4891 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4892 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4893 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4894 @end deffn
4895
4896 @node NAND Flash Commands
4897 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4898 @cindex NAND
4899
4900 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4901 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4902 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4903
4904 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4905 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4906 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4907 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4908 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4909 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4910
4911 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4912 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4913 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4914 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4915 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4916 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4917 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4918 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4919 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4920 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4921
4922 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4923 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4924 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4925 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4926 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4927 every 512 bytes of data.
4928
4929 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4930 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4931 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4932 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4933 ECC mode is used.
4934
4935 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4936 @enumerate
4937 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4938 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4939 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4940 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4941 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4942 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4943 to access that device.
4944 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4945 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4946 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4947 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4948 de-brick a board.
4949 @end enumerate
4950
4951 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4952 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4953 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4954 are only 32 bits wide.
4955 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4956 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4957 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4958 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4959
4960 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4961 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4962 @cindex NAND configuration
4963
4964 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4965 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4966 OpenOCD has initialized.
4967
4968 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4969 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4970 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4971 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4972 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4973 they were a single (larger) device.
4974 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4975 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4976
4977 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4978 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4979 configuration files, not interactively.
4980
4981 @itemize @bullet
4982 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4983 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4984 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4985 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4986 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4987 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4988 commands to the NAND controller.
4989 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4990 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4991 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4992 for more information.
4993 @end itemize
4994 @end deffn
4995
4996 @deffn Command {nand list}
4997 Prints a summary of each device declared
4998 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4999 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5000 @example
5001 > nand list
5002 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5003 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5004 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5005 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5006 >
5007 @end example
5008 @end deffn
5009
5010 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5011 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5012 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5013 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5014 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5015 it with most other NAND commands.
5016 @end deffn
5017
5018 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5019
5020 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5021 @cindex NAND reading
5022 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5023 starting at the specified offset.
5024 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5025
5026 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5027 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5028
5029 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5030 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5031 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5032
5033 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5034 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5035 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5036 method which handled that error correction.
5037
5038 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5039 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5040 @itemize @bullet
5041 @item no oob_* parameter
5042 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5043 @item @code{oob_raw}
5044 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5045 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5046 spare areas associated with each data page.
5047 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5048 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5049 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5050 @item @code{oob_only}
5051 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5052 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5053 spare areas associated with each data page.
5054 @end itemize
5055 @end deffn
5056
5057 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5058 @cindex NAND erasing
5059 @cindex NAND programming
5060 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5061 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5062 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5063 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5064 If those parameters are not specified,
5065 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5066 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5067
5068 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5069 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5070 block marker.
5071 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5072 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5073 @end deffn
5074
5075 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5076 @cindex NAND writing
5077 @cindex NAND programming
5078 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5079 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5080 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5081 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5082
5083 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5084 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5085
5086 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5087 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5088 past the end of the device.
5089 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5090 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5091 if that's being written.)
5092
5093 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5094 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5095 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5096
5097 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5098 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5099 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5100 @itemize @bullet
5101 @item no oob_* parameter
5102 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5103 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5104 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5105 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5106 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5107 @item @code{oob_only}
5108 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5109 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5110 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5111 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5112 @item @code{oob_raw}
5113 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5114 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5115 un-altered OOB.
5116 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5117 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5118 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5119 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5120 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5121 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5122 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5123 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5124 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5125 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5126 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5127 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5128 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5129 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5130 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5131 @end itemize
5132 @end deffn
5133
5134 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5135 @cindex NAND verification
5136 @cindex NAND programming
5137 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5138 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5139 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5140
5141 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5142 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5143
5144 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5145 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5146 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5147 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5148 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5149
5150 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5151 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5152 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5153
5154 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5155 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5156 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5157 be removed in a future release.
5158 @end deffn
5159
5160 @section Other NAND commands
5161 @cindex NAND other commands
5162
5163 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5164 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5165 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5166 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5167 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5168 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5169 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5170 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5171
5172 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5173 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5174 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5175 @end deffn
5176
5177 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5178 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5179 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5180 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5181 status for each block.
5182 @end deffn
5183
5184 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5185 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5186 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5187
5188 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5189 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5190 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5191 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5192 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5193
5194 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5195 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5196 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5197 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5198 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5199 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5200 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5201 @end deffn
5202
5203 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5204 @section NAND Driver List
5205 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5206 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5207 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5208
5209 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5210 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5211 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5212 address of the ECC controller.
5213 @example
5214 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5215 @end example
5216 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5217 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5218 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5219 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5220 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5221 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5222 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5223 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5224 @end deffn
5225 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5226 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5227 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5228 @end deffn
5229
5230 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5231 properly configured for input or output.
5232 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5233 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5234 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5235 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5236 @end deffn
5237 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5238 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5239 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5240 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5241 @end deffn
5242 @end deffn
5243
5244 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5245 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5246 chips from Texas Instruments.
5247 It takes three extra parameters:
5248 address of the NAND chip;
5249 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5250 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5251 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5252 @example
5253 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5254 @end example
5255 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5256 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5257 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5258 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5259 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5260 @end deffn
5261
5262 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5263 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5264 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5265 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5266 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5267 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5268 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5269 @end deffn
5270
5271 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5272 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5273 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5274 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5275 @end deffn
5276 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5277
5278 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5279 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5280 parameter: the address of the controller.
5281 @example
5282 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5283 @end example
5284 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5285 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5286 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5287 change any behavior.
5288 @end deffn
5289
5290 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5291 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5292 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5293 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5294 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5295 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5296 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5297 specialized commands.
5298 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5299 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5300 change any behavior.
5301 @end deffn
5302
5303 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5304 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5305 @cindex PLD
5306 @cindex FPGA
5307
5308 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5309 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5310 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5311 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5312 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5313 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5314 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5315
5316 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5317
5318 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5319 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5320 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5321
5322 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5323 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5324
5325 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5326 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5327 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5328 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5329 behavior.
5330 @end deffn
5331
5332 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5333 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5334 @end deffn
5335
5336 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5337 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5338 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5339 @end deffn
5340
5341 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5342
5343 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5344 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5345 that particular type of PLD.
5346
5347 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5348 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5349 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5350 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5351 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5352
5353 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5354 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5355 for FPGA @var{num}.
5356 @end deffn
5357 @end deffn
5358
5359 @node General Commands
5360 @chapter General Commands
5361 @cindex commands
5362
5363 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5364 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5365 commands are documented elsewhere.
5366
5367 Intent:
5368 @itemize @bullet
5369 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5370 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5371 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5372 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5373
5374 @item @b{From the human}
5375 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5376 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5377
5378 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5379 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5380 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5381
5382 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5383 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5384 port is 5555.
5385 @end itemize
5386
5387
5388 @section Daemon Commands
5389
5390 @deffn {Command} exit
5391 Exits the current telnet session.
5392 @end deffn
5393
5394 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5395 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5396 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5397 Not every command provides helptext.
5398
5399 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5400 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5401 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5402 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5403 @end deffn
5404
5405 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5406 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5407 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5408 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5409 Useful in connection with script files
5410 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5411 @end deffn
5412
5413 @deffn Command shutdown
5414 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5415 @end deffn
5416
5417 @anchor{debug_level}
5418 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5419 @cindex message level
5420 Display debug level.
5421 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5422 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5423 Level 0 is error messages only;
5424 level 1 adds warnings;
5425 level 2 adds informational messages;
5426 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5427 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5428 the command line along with the location of that log
5429 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5430 @xref{Running}.
5431 @end deffn
5432
5433 @deffn Command echo message
5434 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5435 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5436 @example
5437 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5438 @end example
5439 @end deffn
5440
5441 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5442 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5443 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5444 @end deffn
5445
5446 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5447 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5448 @end deffn
5449
5450 @anchor{Target State handling}
5451 @section Target State handling
5452 @cindex reset
5453 @cindex halt
5454 @cindex target initialization
5455
5456 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5457 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5458 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5459 a current target which is used to perform the
5460 various operations. The current target may be changed
5461 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5462 target which should become current.
5463
5464 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5465 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5466 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5467 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5468 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5469
5470 @emph{With no arguments}:
5471 list all available registers for the current target,
5472 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5473 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5474 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5475 are flagged as such.
5476
5477 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5478
5479 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5480 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5481 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5482 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5483 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5484 relevant module will flush such values.
5485
5486 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5487 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5488
5489 @example
5490 > reg
5491 ===== ARM registers
5492 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5493 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5494 (2) r2 (/32)
5495 ...
5496 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5497 >
5498 @end example
5499 @end deffn
5500
5501 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5502 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5503 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5504 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5505 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5506 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5507 (and enter debug mode).
5508 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5509
5510 @quotation Warning
5511 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5512 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5513 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5514 power mode by gating the core clock;
5515 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5516
5517 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5518 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5519 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5520 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5521 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5522 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5523
5524 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5525 work with a JTAG debugger.
5526 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5527 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5528 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5529 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5530 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5531 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5532 @end quotation
5533
5534 @end deffn
5535
5536 @deffn Command resume [address]
5537 Resume the target at its current code position,
5538 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5539 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5540 @end deffn
5541
5542 @deffn Command step [address]
5543 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5544 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5545 @end deffn
5546
5547 @anchor{Reset Command}
5548 @deffn Command reset
5549 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5550 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5551 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5552 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5553 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5554 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5555
5556 The optional parameter specifies what should
5557 happen after the reset.
5558 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5559 The other options will not work on all systems.
5560 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5561
5562 @itemize @minus
5563 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5564 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5565 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5566 @end itemize
5567 @end deffn
5568
5569 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5570 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5571 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5572 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5573 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5574 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5575 state.
5576 @end deffn
5577
5578 @section I/O Utilities
5579
5580 These commands are available when
5581 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5582 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5583 notably the ZY1000.
5584 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5585
5586 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5587
5588 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5589 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5590 the text file @file{filename}.
5591 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5592 The last string is followed by a newline.
5593 @end deffn
5594
5595 @deffn Command cat filename
5596 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5597 @end deffn
5598
5599 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5600 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5601 into @file{dest_filename}.
5602 @end deffn
5603
5604 @deffn Command ip
5605 @emph{No description provided.}
5606 @end deffn
5607
5608 @deffn Command ls
5609 @emph{No description provided.}
5610 @end deffn
5611
5612 @deffn Command mac
5613 @emph{No description provided.}
5614 @end deffn
5615
5616 @deffn Command meminfo
5617 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5618 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5619 @end deffn
5620
5621 @deffn Command peek
5622 @emph{No description provided.}
5623 @end deffn
5624
5625 @deffn Command poke
5626 @emph{No description provided.}
5627 @end deffn
5628
5629 @deffn Command rm filename
5630 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5631 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5632 @end deffn
5633
5634 @deffn Command trunc filename
5635 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5636 @end deffn
5637
5638 @anchor{Memory access}
5639 @section Memory access commands
5640 @cindex memory access
5641
5642 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5643 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5644 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5645 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5646
5647 @enumerate
5648 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5649 to change the current target.
5650 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5651 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5652 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5653 @end enumerate
5654
5655 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5656 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5657 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5658 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5659 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5660 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5661 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5662 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5663 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5664 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5665 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5666 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5667 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5668 @end deffn
5669
5670 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5671 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5672 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5673 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5674 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5675 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5676 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5677 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5678 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5679 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5680 @end deffn
5681
5682
5683 @anchor{Image access}
5684 @section Image loading commands
5685 @cindex image loading
5686 @cindex image dumping
5687
5688 @anchor{dump_image}
5689 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5690 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5691 binary file named @var{filename}.
5692 @end deffn
5693
5694 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5695 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5696 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5697 @end deffn
5698
5699 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5700 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5701 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5702 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5703 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5704 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5705 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5706 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5707 separately.
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @anchor{load_image}
5711 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5712 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5713 The file format may optionally be specified
5714 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf}).
5715 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5716 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5717 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5718 @example
5719 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5720 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5721 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5722 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5723 @}
5724 @end example
5725 @end deffn
5726
5727 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5728 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5729 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5730 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5731 The file format may optionally be specified
5732 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5733 @end deffn
5734
5735 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5736 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5737 The file format may optionally be specified
5738 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5739 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5740 @end deffn
5741
5742
5743 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5744 @cindex breakpoint
5745 @cindex watchpoint
5746
5747 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5748 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5749 watchpoints.
5750 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5751
5752 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5753 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5754 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5755 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5756 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5757 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5758
5759 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5760 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5761 @end deffn
5762
5763 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5764 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5765 @end deffn
5766
5767 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5768 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5769 @end deffn
5770
5771 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5772 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5773 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5774 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5775 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5776 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5777 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5778 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5779 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5780 @end deffn
5781
5782 @section Misc Commands
5783
5784 @cindex profiling
5785 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5786 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5787 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5788 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5789 @end deffn
5790
5791 @deffn Command {version}
5792 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5793 @end deffn
5794
5795 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5796 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5797 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5798 @end deffn
5799
5800 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5801 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5802 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5803 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5804
5805 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5806 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5807 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5808 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5809
5810 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5811 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5812 @cindex tracing
5813 @cindex ETM
5814 @cindex ETB
5815
5816 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5817 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5818 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5819
5820 @itemize
5821 @item
5822 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5823 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5824 supports such an interface.
5825 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5826 and trace port support.)
5827 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5828 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5829 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5830 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5831 in the board-specific configuration file.
5832 @item
5833 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5834 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5835 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5836 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5837 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5838 @end itemize
5839
5840 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5841
5842 @quotation Issues
5843 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5844 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5845
5846 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5847 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5848 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5849 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5850 dummy trace port driver}.
5851
5852 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5853 as well as tracing only during specific states
5854 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5855
5856 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5857 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5858 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5859 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5860 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5861
5862 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5863 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5864 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5865 this original style of JTAG access.
5866 @end quotation
5867
5868 @subsection ETM Configuration
5869 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5870
5871 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5872 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5873 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5874
5875 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5876 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5877 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5878 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5879 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5880 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5881 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5882 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5883 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5884
5885 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5886 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5887 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5888
5889 @quotation Warning
5890 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5891 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5892 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5893 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5894 @end quotation
5895
5896 @quotation Note
5897 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5898 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5899 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5900 what CPU activities are traced.
5901 @end quotation
5902 @end deffn
5903
5904 @deffn Command {etm info}
5905 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5906 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5907 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5908 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5909 @end deffn
5910
5911 @deffn Command {etm status}
5912 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5913 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5914 Did trace data overflow?
5915 Was it triggered?
5916 @end deffn
5917
5918 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5919 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5920 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5921 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5922 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5923
5924 @itemize
5925 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5926 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5927 The value is one of
5928 @option{none} (save nothing),
5929 @option{data} (save data),
5930 @option{address} (save addresses),
5931 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5932 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5933 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5934 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5935 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5936 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5937 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5938 trace stream without an image of the code.
5939 @end itemize
5940 @end deffn
5941
5942 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5943 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5944 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5945 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5946 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5947
5948 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5949 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5950 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5951 @end deffn
5952
5953 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5954
5955 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5956 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5957 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5958
5959 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5960 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5961 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5962 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5963 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5964 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5965 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5966
5967 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5968
5969 @itemize
5970 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5971 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5972 for instruction access within that function's body.
5973 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5974 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5975 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5976 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5977 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5978 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5979 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5980 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5981 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5982 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5983 @item @emph{... more}
5984 @end itemize
5985
5986 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5987 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5988
5989 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5990 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5991 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5992 @end deffn
5993
5994 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5995 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5996 @end deffn
5997
5998 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5999 Opens an image file.
6000 @end deffn
6001
6002 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6003 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6004 @end deffn
6005
6006 @deffn Command {etm start}
6007 Starts trace data collection.
6008 @end deffn
6009
6010 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6011 Stops trace data collection.
6012 @end deffn
6013
6014 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6015 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6016
6017 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6018
6019 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6020 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6021 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6022 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6023 any trace data collection.}
6024 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6025 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6026 @end deffn
6027 @end deffn
6028
6029 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6030 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6031 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6032 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6033 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6034 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6035 @end deffn
6036 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6037 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6038 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6039 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6040 trace trigger becomes active.
6041
6042 @itemize
6043 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6044 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6045 afterwards.
6046 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6047 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6048 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6049 what caused that event to happen.
6050 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6051 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6052 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6053 how the event caused trouble.
6054 @end itemize
6055 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6056 @end deffn
6057
6058 @end deffn
6059
6060 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6061 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6062 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6063 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6064 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6065
6066 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6067 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6068
6069 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6070 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6071 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6072 @end deffn
6073
6074 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6075 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6076 @end deffn
6077
6078 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6079 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6080 @end deffn
6081 @end deffn
6082
6083
6084 @section Generic ARM
6085 @cindex ARM
6086
6087 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6088 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6089 commands that may be available.
6090
6091 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6092 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6093 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6094 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6095 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6096 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6097 @end deffn
6098
6099 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6100 @cindex disassemble
6101 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6102 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6103 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6104 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6105 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6106 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6107 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6108
6109 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6110 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6111 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6112 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6113 with a handful of exceptions.
6114 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6115 @end deffn
6116
6117 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6118 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6119 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6120 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6121 and using the MCR instruction.
6122 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6123 an ARM register.)
6124 @end deffn
6125
6126 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6127 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6128 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6129 and the MRC instruction.
6130 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6131 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6132 an ARM register.)
6133 @end deffn
6134
6135 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6136 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6137 core mode if necessary.
6138 @end deffn
6139
6140 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6141 @cindex ARM semihosting
6142 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6143
6144 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6145 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6146 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6147 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6148 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6149 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6150 @end deffn
6151
6152 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6153 @cindex ARMv4
6154 @cindex ARMv5
6155
6156 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6157 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6158 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6159 variant.
6160
6161 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6162 @cindex ARM7
6163 @cindex ARM9
6164
6165 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6166 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6167 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6168 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6169
6170 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6171 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6172 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6173 instead of breakpoints.
6174 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6175
6176 This should be
6177 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6178 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6179 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6180 @end deffn
6181
6182 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6183 @cindex DCC
6184 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6185 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6186 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6187
6188 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6189 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6190 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6191 @end deffn
6192
6193 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6194 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6195 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6196 that don't check completion of the operation.
6197 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6198
6199 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6200 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6201 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6202 @end deffn
6203
6204 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6205 @cindex ARM720T
6206
6207 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6208 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6209 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6210 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6211
6212 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6213 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6214 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6215
6216 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6217 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6218 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6219 @end deffn
6220
6221 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6222 @cindex ARM9
6223
6224 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6225 integer processors.
6226 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6227
6228 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6229 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6230 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6231 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6232
6233 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6234 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6235 @cindex vector_catch
6236 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6237 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6238 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6239 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6240 to those hardware vectors.
6241
6242 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6243 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6244 vector catch hardware to intercept
6245 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6246 @option{none} of them,
6247 or a list with one or more of the following:
6248 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6249 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6250 @end deffn
6251
6252 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6253 @cindex ARM920T
6254
6255 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6256 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6257 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6258 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6259 and ARM9 commands.
6260
6261 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6262 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6263 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6264 @end deffn
6265
6266 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6267 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6268 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6269 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6270 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6271 (Not all registers can be written.)
6272 @end deffn
6273
6274 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6275 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6276 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6277
6278 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6279 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6280 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6281 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6282 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6283 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6284 @end deffn
6285
6286 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6287 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6288 @end deffn
6289
6290 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6291 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6292 @end deffn
6293
6294 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6295 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6296
6297 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6298 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6299 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6300 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6301 and ARM9 commands.
6302
6303 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6304 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6305
6306 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6307 Print information about the caches found.
6308 @end deffn
6309
6310 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6311 @cindex ARM966E
6312
6313 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6314 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6315 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6316 and ARM9 commands.
6317
6318 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6319 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6320 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6321 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6322 ARM966E-S TRM.
6323 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6324 as required for BIST support.
6325 @end deffn
6326
6327 @subsection XScale specific commands
6328 @cindex XScale
6329
6330 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6331
6332 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6333 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6334 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6335 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6336 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6337 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6338 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6339
6340 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6341 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6342 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6343 the mini-IC.
6344
6345 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6346 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6347 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6348 code layout in memory:
6349 @example
6350 _vectors:
6351 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6352 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6353 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6354 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6355 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6356 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6357 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6358 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6359 .org 0x100
6360 .long real_reset_vector
6361 .long real_ui_handler
6362 .long real_swi_handler
6363 .long real_pf_abort
6364 .long real_data_abort
6365 .long 0 /* unused */
6366 .long real_irq_handler
6367 .long real_fiq_handler
6368 @end example
6369
6370 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6371 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6372 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6373 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6374 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6375 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6376 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6377 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6378 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6379 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6380 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6381 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6382 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6383 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6384 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6385 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6386 software.
6387
6388 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6389 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6390 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6391 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6392
6393
6394 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6395 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6396
6397 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6398 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6399 @end deffn
6400
6401 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6402 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6403 @end deffn
6404
6405 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6406 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6407 @end deffn
6408
6409 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6410 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6411 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6412 @end deffn
6413
6414 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6415 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6416 @end deffn
6417
6418 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6419 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6420 @end deffn
6421
6422 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6423 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6424 @end deffn
6425
6426 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6427 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6428 @end deffn
6429
6430 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6431 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6432 @end deffn
6433
6434 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6435 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6436 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6437 and modifying how it is emptied.
6438 @end deffn
6439
6440 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6441 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6442 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6443 The image @var{type} may be one of
6444 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6445 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6446 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6447 @end deffn
6448
6449 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6450 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6451 @cindex vector_catch
6452 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6453 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6454
6455 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6456 @example
6457 0x01 Trap Reset
6458 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6459 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6460 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6461 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6462 0x20 reserved
6463 0x40 Trap IRQ
6464 0x80 Trap FIQ
6465 @end example
6466 @end deffn
6467
6468 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6469 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6470 @cindex vector_table
6471
6472 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6473 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6474 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6475 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6476 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6477
6478 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6479
6480 @end deffn
6481
6482 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6483 @cindex ARMv6
6484
6485 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6486 @cindex ARM11
6487
6488 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6489 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6490 which is enabled by default.
6491 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6492 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6493 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6494 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6495 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6496 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6497 @end deffn
6498
6499 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6500 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6501 which is enabled by default.
6502 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6503 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6504 @end deffn
6505
6506 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6507 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6508 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6509 they are disabled by default.
6510 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6511 @end deffn
6512
6513 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6514 @cindex vector_catch
6515 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6516 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6517 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6518
6519 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6520 for certain hardware events.
6521 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6522 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6523 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6524 @end deffn
6525
6526 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6527 @cindex ARMv7
6528
6529 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6530 @cindex Debug Access Port
6531 @cindex DAP
6532 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6533 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6534 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6535
6536 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6537 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6538 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6539 @end deffn
6540
6541 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6542 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6543 @end deffn
6544
6545 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6546 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6547 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6548 @end deffn
6549
6550 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6551 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6552 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6553 @end deffn
6554
6555 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6556 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6557 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6558 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6559 @end deffn
6560
6561 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6562 @cindex Cortex-M3
6563
6564 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6565 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6566 @end deffn
6567
6568 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6569 @cindex vector_catch
6570 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6571 for certain hardware events.
6572
6573 Parameters request interception of
6574 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6575 @option{none} of them,
6576 or one or more of the following:
6577 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6578 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6579 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6580 @option{irq_err},
6581 @option{state_err},
6582 @option{chk_err}, or
6583 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6584 @option{reset}.
6585 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6586 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6587 are mapped to HardFault.
6588 UsageFault checks for
6589 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6590 must also be explicitly enabled.
6591
6592 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6593 @end deffn
6594
6595 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6596 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6597 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6598 @cindex tracing
6599 @cindex libdcc
6600 @cindex DCC
6601 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6602 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6603 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6604 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6605
6606 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6607 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6608 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6609 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6610 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6611 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6612
6613 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6614 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6615 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6616 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6617 The target being debugged may
6618 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6619 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6620 each supported by a command:
6621
6622 @itemize
6623 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6624 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6625 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6626 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6627
6628 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6629 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6630 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6631
6632 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6633 and then displayed at any time.
6634 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6635
6636 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6637 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6638 @end itemize
6639
6640 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6641 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6642 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6643 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6644 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6645 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6646 does the same thing.
6647
6648 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6649 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6650 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6651 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6652 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6653
6654 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6655 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6656 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6657 @end deffn
6658
6659 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6660 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6661 in the order they triggered.
6662 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6663 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6664 history records.
6665 @end deffn
6666
6667 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6668 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6669 they have been triggered.
6670 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6671 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6672 and associates it with that identifier.
6673
6674 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6675 are not related except by this command.
6676 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6677 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6678 @end deffn
6679
6680
6681 @node JTAG Commands
6682 @chapter JTAG Commands
6683 @cindex JTAG Commands
6684 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6685 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6686 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6687 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6688 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6689
6690 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6691 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6692
6693 @itemize @bullet
6694 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6695 devices such as a CPUs.
6696 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6697 standard state machine (in parallel)
6698 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6699 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6700 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6701 while the reading previous ones.
6702 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6703 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6704 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6705 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6706 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6707 registers.
6708 @end itemize
6709
6710 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6711
6712 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6713 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6714 the order of TAP state transitions.
6715 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6716 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6717 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6718 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6719 these commands are not available.
6720
6721 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6722 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6723 that specify the entire register.
6724 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6725 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6726 The return value holds the original value of each
6727 of those fields.
6728
6729 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6730 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6731 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6732 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6733 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6734
6735 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6736 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6737
6738 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6739 in that state.
6740 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6741 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6742 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6743
6744 @quotation Warning
6745 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6746 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6747 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6748 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6749 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6750 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6751 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6752 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6753 @end quotation
6754 @end deffn
6755
6756 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6757 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6758 This may be used for performance tuning.
6759
6760 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6761 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6762 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6763 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6764 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6765 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6766 @end deffn
6767
6768 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6769 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6770 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6771 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6772 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6773 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6774
6775 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6776 in that state.
6777 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6778 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6779 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6780
6781 @quotation Note
6782 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6783 register values, unlike data register values.
6784 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6785 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6786 @end quotation
6787 @end deffn
6788
6789 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6790 Set values of reset signals.
6791 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6792 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6793 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6794 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6795 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6796 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6797 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6798
6799 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6800 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6801 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6802 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6803 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6804 instead of the TRST signal.
6805 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6806 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6807 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6808 with handlers for that event.
6809 @end deffn
6810
6811 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6812 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6813 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6814 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6815 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6816 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6817 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6818 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6819 The final state must also be stable.
6820 @end deffn
6821
6822 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6823 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6824 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6825 Instructions often need some time
6826 to execute before they take effect.
6827 @end deffn
6828
6829 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6830 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6831
6832 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6833 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6834 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6835 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6836 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6837 @end deffn
6838
6839 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6840 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6841 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6842 must also be enabled.
6843 Default is enabled.
6844 @end deffn
6845
6846 @section TAP state names
6847 @cindex TAP state names
6848
6849 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6850 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6851 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6852 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6853
6854 @itemize @bullet
6855 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6856 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6857 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6858 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6859 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6860 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6861 through the data register
6862 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6863 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6864 for update or more shifting
6865 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6866 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6867 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6868 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6869 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6870 through the instruction register
6871 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6872 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6873 for update or more shifting
6874 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6875 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6876 @end itemize
6877
6878 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6879 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6880 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6881 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6882
6883 @itemize @bullet
6884 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6885 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6886 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6887 may not be as expected.
6888 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6889 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6890 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6891 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6892 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6893 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6894 @end itemize
6895
6896 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6897 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6898
6899 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6900 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6901 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6902 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6903
6904 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6905 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6906 @cindex SVF
6907
6908 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6909 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6910 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6911 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6912
6913 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6914 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6915 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6916 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6917 each command is logged before it is executed.
6918 @end deffn
6919
6920 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6921 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6922 @cindex XSVF
6923
6924 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6925 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6926 Xilinx devices.
6927 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6928 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6929
6930 @quotation Important
6931 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6932 @end quotation
6933
6934 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6935 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6936 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6937 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6938 that TAP.
6939 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6940 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6941 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6942 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6943 @end deffn
6944
6945 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6946 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6947 after building the software.
6948 You may find them useful:
6949
6950 @itemize
6951 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6952 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6953 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6954 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6955 @end itemize
6956
6957 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6958 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6959 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6960 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6961 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6962 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6963 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6964
6965
6966 @node TFTP
6967 @chapter TFTP
6968 @cindex TFTP
6969 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6970 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6971
6972 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6973 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6974 server (tftpd). For example,
6975
6976 @example
6977 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6978 @end example
6979
6980 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6981 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6982
6983 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6984 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6985 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6986 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6987
6988 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6989 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6990 @cindex GDB
6991 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6992 to debug remote targets.
6993 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6994
6995 @itemize
6996 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6997 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6998 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6999 as shown in this chapter.
7000 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7001 that also will probably need to be configured.
7002 @end itemize
7003
7004 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7005 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7006 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7007 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7008 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7009 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7010
7011 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7012 @section Connecting to GDB
7013 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7014 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7015 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7016 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7017 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7018
7019 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7020
7021 @enumerate
7022 @item
7023 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7024 @example
7025 target remote localhost:3333
7026 @end example
7027 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7028 @item
7029 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7030 @example
7031 target remote | openocd --pipe
7032 @end example
7033 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7034 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7035 session.
7036 @end enumerate
7037
7038 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7039 GDB command line.
7040
7041 @section Sample GDB session startup
7042
7043 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7044 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7045 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7046 small ARM program.
7047 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7048 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7049
7050 @example
7051 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7052 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7053 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7054 ...
7055 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7056 ...
7057 (gdb) load
7058 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7059 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7060 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7061 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7062 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7063 (gdb) continue
7064 Continuing.
7065 ...
7066 @end example
7067
7068 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7069 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7070 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7071 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7072
7073 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7074
7075 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7076 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7077 packet size and the device's memory map.
7078 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7079 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7080 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7081
7082 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7083 You may need to set those up by hand.
7084 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7085 something like:
7086
7087 @example
7088 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7089 @end example
7090
7091 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7092
7093 @example
7094 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7095 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7096 @end example
7097
7098 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7099 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7100 do not have such restrictions.
7101
7102 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7103 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7104 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7105
7106 @example
7107 define hook-step
7108 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7109 end
7110 define hookpost-step
7111 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7112 end
7113 @end example
7114
7115 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7116 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7117 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7118 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7119
7120 @section Programming using GDB
7121 @cindex Programming using GDB
7122
7123 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7124 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7125 @example
7126 gdb_memory_map disable
7127 @end example
7128 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7129 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7130 working area.
7131
7132 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7133 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7134 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7135 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7136
7137 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7138 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7139
7140 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7141 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7142 @example
7143 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7144 @end example
7145
7146 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7147 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7148
7149 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7150 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7151 will be used.
7152
7153 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7154 script can be executed:
7155 @example
7156 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7157 @end example
7158
7159 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7160 can be used.
7161
7162 @node Tcl Scripting API
7163 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7164 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7165 @cindex Tcl scripts
7166 @section API rules
7167
7168 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7169 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7170 information as an argument to each proc.
7171
7172 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7173 pair list and lists.
7174
7175 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7176 list.
7177
7178 @verbatim
7179
7180 > set foo(me) Duane
7181 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7182 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7183 > set foo(duck) Donald
7184
7185 If one does this:
7186
7187 > set foo
7188
7189 The result is:
7190
7191 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7192
7193 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7194
7195 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7196 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7197 }
7198 @end verbatim
7199
7200 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7201 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7202
7203 @section Internal low-level Commands
7204
7205 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7206
7207 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7208 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7209 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7210
7211 @itemize @bullet
7212 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7213
7214 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7215 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7216
7217 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7218 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7219
7220 Return information about the flash banks
7221 @end itemize
7222
7223 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7224 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7225 called "flash_banks".
7226
7227 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7228
7229 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7230 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7231 holds one of the following values:
7232
7233 @itemize @bullet
7234 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7235 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7236 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7237 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7238 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7239 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7240 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7241 @end itemize
7242
7243 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7244
7245 @quotation Note
7246 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7247 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7248 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7249 is jim, not real tcl).
7250 @end quotation
7251
7252 @node FAQ
7253 @chapter FAQ
7254 @cindex faq
7255 @enumerate
7256 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7257 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7258 @cindex RTCK
7259 @cindex adaptive clocking
7260 @*
7261
7262 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7263 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7264 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7265 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7266
7267 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7268 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7269 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7270 @enumerate
7271 @item
7272 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7273 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7274 @item
7275 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7276 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7277 @end enumerate
7278
7279 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7280 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7281 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7282 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7283 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7284 power).
7285
7286 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7287 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7288 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7289 ARM926 scenario).
7290 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7291 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7292 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7293
7294 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7295 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7296 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7297 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7298
7299 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7300
7301 In order to make use of this,
7302 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7303 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7304
7305 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7306 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7307 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7308 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7309 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7310
7311 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7312 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7313 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7314 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7315
7316 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7317 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7318 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7319 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7320 with a CPLD.
7321 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7322 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7323 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7324 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7325 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7326 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7327
7328 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7329
7330 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7331
7332 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7333 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7334 depending on the chips on your board.
7335 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7336 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7337 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7338
7339 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7340 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7341 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7342
7343 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7344 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7345 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7346 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7347
7348 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7349 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7350 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7351 this way.
7352
7353 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7354 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7355 clock rate.
7356 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7357 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7358 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7359
7360 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7361
7362 @example
7363 # Example: 1.234MHz
7364 adapter_khz 1234
7365 @end example
7366
7367
7368 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7369
7370 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7371 around Windows filenames.
7372
7373 @example
7374 > echo \a
7375
7376 > echo @{\a@}
7377 \a
7378 > echo "\a"
7379
7380 >
7381 @end example
7382
7383
7384 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7385
7386 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7387 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7388 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7389
7390 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7391 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7392 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7393
7394 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7395 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7396 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7397
7398 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7399
7400 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7401 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7402 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7403 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7404
7405 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7406 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7407 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7408
7409 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7410 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7411
7412 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7413 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7414 memory read caused data abort".
7415
7416 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7417 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7418 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7419 be done, feel free to add this here.
7420
7421 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7422 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7423 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7424 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7425 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7426 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7427 gracefully stops.
7428
7429 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7430 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7431 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7432
7433 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7434 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7435 bytes. Painful...
7436
7437
7438 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7439 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7440
7441 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7442 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7443 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7444 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7445 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7446 reset, everything else should work fine.
7447
7448 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7449 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7450 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7451 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7452
7453 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7454 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7455 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7456 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7457
7458 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7459
7460 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7461 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7462 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7463 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7464
7465 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7466 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7467 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7468 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7469
7470 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7471 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7472 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7473
7474 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7475 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7476
7477 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7478 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7479 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7480 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7481 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7482 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7483 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7484 clock frequency?
7485
7486 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7487 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7488 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7489 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7490 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7491
7492 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7493
7494 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7495 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7496 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7497 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7498 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7499 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7500 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7501
7502 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7503
7504 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7505 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7506 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7507 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7508
7509 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7510 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7511 particular order?
7512
7513 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7514 the same order used by the hardware.
7515
7516 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7517 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7518 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7519 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7520 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7521 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7522
7523 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7524 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7525 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7526 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7527
7528 @itemize @bullet
7529 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7530 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7531 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7532 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7533 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7534 @end itemize
7535
7536 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7537
7538 @itemize @bullet
7539 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7540 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7541 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7542 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7543 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7544 @end itemize
7545
7546
7547 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7548 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7549 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7550
7551 TODO.
7552
7553 @end enumerate
7554
7555 @node Tcl Crash Course
7556 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7557 @cindex Tcl
7558
7559 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7560 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7561 how the Tcl scripts work.
7562
7563 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7564 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7565 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7566 OpenOCD.
7567
7568 @section Tcl Rule #1
7569 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7570 @enumerate
7571 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7572 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7573 @end enumerate
7574
7575 The Tcl equal is this:
7576
7577 @enumerate
7578 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7579 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7580 @end enumerate
7581
7582 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7583 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7584
7585 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7586 There is a second pair of rules.
7587 @enumerate
7588 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7589 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7590 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7591 in Tcl.
7592 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7593 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7594 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7595 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7596 @end enumerate
7597
7598 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7599 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7600 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7601 Everything is a string}
7602
7603 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7604 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7605 difference is subtle.
7606 @enumerate
7607 @item Parse Time
7608 @item Evaluation Time
7609 @end enumerate
7610
7611 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7612 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7613 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7614
7615 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7616 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7617 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7618 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7619
7620 @itemize @bullet
7621 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7622 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7623 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7624 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7625 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7626 @example
7627 # bash example
7628 X=`date`
7629 echo "The Date is: $X"
7630 # Tcl example
7631 set X [date]
7632 puts "The Date is: $X"
7633 @end example
7634 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7635 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7636 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7637 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7638 is a string}
7639 @example
7640 set x "Dinner"
7641 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7642 @end example
7643 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7644 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7645 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7646 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7647 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7648 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7649 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7650 @end itemize
7651
7652 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7653
7654 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7655
7656 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7657
7658 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7659 the normal way.
7660
7661 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7662 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7663 line is immedatly executed.
7664
7665 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7666 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7667
7668 @subsection Command Execution
7669
7670 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7671 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7672 control flow operators.
7673
7674 Commands are executed like this:
7675
7676 @enumerate
7677 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7678 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7679 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7680 @end enumerate
7681
7682 It sort of works like this:
7683 @example
7684 for(;;)@{
7685 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7686
7687 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7688
7689 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7690 @}
7691 @end example
7692
7693 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7694 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7695 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7696 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7697 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7698 ``LookupCommand()''
7699
7700 @subsection The FOR command
7701
7702 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7703 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7704 command just like any other command.
7705
7706 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7707 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7708 are:
7709
7710 @enumerate 0
7711 @item The ascii text 'for'
7712 @item The start text
7713 @item The test expression
7714 @item The next text
7715 @item The body text
7716 @end enumerate
7717
7718 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7719 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7720 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7721 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7722
7723 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7724 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7725
7726 @example
7727 int
7728 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7729 int *argc,
7730 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7731 @end example
7732
7733 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7734 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7735 still operates in the same basic way.
7736
7737 @subsection FOR command implementation
7738
7739 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7740 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7741
7742 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7743
7744 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7745
7746 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7747 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7748 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7749
7750 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7751 expression and returns a value.
7752
7753 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7754 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7755 @example
7756 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7757
7758 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7759
7760 int
7761 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7762 int argc,
7763 char **argv )
7764 @{
7765 if( argc != 5 )@{
7766 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7767 return ERROR;
7768 @}
7769
7770 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7771
7772 // Execute the start statement.
7773 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7774
7775 // Top of loop test
7776 for(;;)@{
7777 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7778 if( i == 0 )
7779 break;
7780
7781 // Execute the body
7782 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7783
7784 // Execute the LOOP part
7785 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7786 @}
7787
7788 // Return no error
7789 SetResult( interp, "" );
7790 return SUCCESS;
7791 @}
7792 @end example
7793
7794 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7795 in the same basic way.
7796
7797 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7798
7799 @subsection source and find commands
7800 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7801 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7802 @*Remember the parsing rules
7803 @enumerate
7804 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7805 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7806 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7807 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7808 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7809 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7810 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7811 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7812 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7813 @end enumerate
7814 @subsection format command
7815 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7816 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7817 @b{sprintf()}.
7818 @b{Example}
7819 @example
7820 set x 6
7821 set y 7
7822 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7823 @end example
7824 @enumerate
7825 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7826 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7827 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7828 @* Refer to Rule #1
7829 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7830 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7831 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7832 @end enumerate
7833 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7834 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7835 @example
7836 #1 Good
7837 proc someproc @{@} @{
7838 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7839 @}
7840 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7841 #2 Good - no variables
7842 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7843 #3 Good Curly Braces
7844 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7845 puts "Time: [date]"
7846 @}
7847 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7848 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7849 @end example
7850 @enumerate
7851 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7852 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7853 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7854 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7855 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7856 command.
7857 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7858 @*There are 4 examples:
7859 @enumerate
7860 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7861 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7862 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7863 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7864 @end enumerate
7865
7866 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7867 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7868 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7869
7870 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7871 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7872 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7873 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7874 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7875 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7876 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7877 @end enumerate
7878 @subsection Global Variables
7879 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7880 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7881 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7882 @example
7883 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7884 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7885 global x #Global variable X
7886 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7887 @}
7888 @end example
7889 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7890 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7891 @example
7892 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7893 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7894 # Create var name
7895 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7896 # Make it a global
7897 global $vn
7898 # Set it.
7899 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7900 @}
7901 @end example
7902 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7903 @example
7904 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7905 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7906 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7907 @}
7908 @end example
7909
7910 @include fdl.texi
7911
7912 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7913 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7914 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7915 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7916 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7917 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7918
7919 @printindex cp
7920
7921 @node Command and Driver Index
7922 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7923 @printindex fn
7924
7925 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)